1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
40 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
42 #include "coff/symconst.h"
43 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
44 #include "coff/mips.h"
48 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
49 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
56 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
57 There are four types of entry:
59 (1) an absolute address
60 requires: abfd == NULL
63 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
64 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
65 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
67 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
68 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
72 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
73 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
76 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
78 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
79 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
83 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
85 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
86 that should be added to the symbol value. */
88 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
89 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
90 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
91 otherwise it is in the global area. */
92 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
95 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
96 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
97 unsigned char tls_type
;
99 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
100 and created the associated relocations. */
101 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
103 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
104 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
105 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
109 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
110 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
111 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
112 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
113 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
115 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
116 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
117 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
118 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
119 struct mips_got_page_ref
124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
130 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
131 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
133 struct mips_got_page_range
135 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
136 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
137 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
140 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
141 relocations against a given section. */
142 struct mips_got_page_entry
144 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
146 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
147 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
148 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
152 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
156 /* The number of global .got entries. */
157 unsigned int global_gotno
;
158 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
159 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
160 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
161 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
162 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
163 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
164 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
165 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
166 unsigned int local_gotno
;
167 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
168 unsigned int page_gotno
;
169 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
171 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
172 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
173 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
175 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
176 struct htab
*got_entries
;
177 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
178 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
179 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
180 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
181 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
182 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
183 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
186 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
188 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190 /* The output bfd. */
192 /* The link information. */
193 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
194 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
195 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
197 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
198 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
200 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
201 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
203 unsigned int max_count
;
204 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
205 unsigned int max_pages
;
206 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
207 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
208 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
210 unsigned int global_count
;
213 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
214 when laying out the GOT. */
216 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
218 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
219 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
223 struct _mips_elf_section_data
225 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
232 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
233 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
235 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
236 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
237 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
238 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
240 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
241 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
242 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
243 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
244 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
245 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
247 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
248 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
249 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
250 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
251 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
254 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
255 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
256 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
258 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
261 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
262 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
265 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
267 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
271 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
273 to a separate trampoline section.
275 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
276 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
277 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
278 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
279 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
280 asection
*stub_section
;
282 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
285 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
286 in H->root.root.u.def. */
287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
290 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
292 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
293 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
294 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
296 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
297 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
299 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
300 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
302 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
303 the dynamic symbols. */
305 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
307 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
309 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
310 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
311 symbol with a GOT entry. */
312 long min_got_dynindx
;
313 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
314 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
315 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
316 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
317 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
318 symbol without a GOT entry. */
319 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
322 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
323 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
324 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
329 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
332 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
335 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
338 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
339 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
341 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
342 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
344 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
345 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
348 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
349 the global hash table. */
351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
353 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
355 /* External symbol information. */
358 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
359 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
361 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
363 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
365 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
366 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
369 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
370 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
374 being called returns a floating point value. */
375 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
377 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
378 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
380 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
381 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
382 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
383 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
385 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
386 is against a readonly section. */
387 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
389 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
390 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
391 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
392 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
394 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
395 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
396 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
397 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
398 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
400 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
401 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
402 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
405 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
406 la25 stub is required. */
407 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
409 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
410 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
411 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
414 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
417 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
419 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
421 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
423 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
424 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
426 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
427 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
429 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
430 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
431 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
433 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
434 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
436 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
437 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
439 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
440 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
442 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
445 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
446 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
448 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
449 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
451 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
462 /* The master GOT information. */
463 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
465 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
467 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
469 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
470 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
472 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
475 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
476 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
478 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
479 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
481 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
482 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
484 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
485 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
487 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
488 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
490 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
491 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
493 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
494 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
496 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
497 See the comment above that structure for details. */
498 asection
*strampoline
;
500 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
504 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
505 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
506 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
507 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
509 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
511 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
513 /* Small local sym cache. */
514 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
516 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
517 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
520 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
522 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
523 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
524 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
526 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
527 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
529 /* The usual link-wide information. */
530 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
533 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
537 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
539 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
541 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
542 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
544 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
547 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
550 /* The abiflags for this object. */
551 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
552 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
554 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
555 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
557 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
558 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
559 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
560 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
562 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
563 asection
**local_stubs
;
564 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
566 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
567 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
568 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
569 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
570 asection
*elf_data_section
;
571 asection
*elf_text_section
;
574 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
576 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
577 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
579 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
580 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
600 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
608 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
614 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
615 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
619 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
621 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
624 "_procedure_string_table",
625 "_procedure_table_size",
629 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
634 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
635 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
636 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
637 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
638 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
639 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
648 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
649 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
650 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
654 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
655 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
656 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
657 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
658 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
659 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
664 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
665 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
666 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
667 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
668 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
676 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
682 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
684 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
686 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
688 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
690 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
692 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
695 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
696 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
697 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
698 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
699 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
701 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
702 has different meaning for each type:
705 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
706 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
707 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
708 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
711 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
712 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
713 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
714 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
716 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
721 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
722 loader for use by the static exception system. */
724 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
725 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
726 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
727 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
728 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
729 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
730 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
731 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
732 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
733 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
735 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
737 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
738 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
740 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
741 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
743 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
744 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
745 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
747 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
748 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
750 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
751 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
752 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
754 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
755 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
757 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
758 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
759 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
760 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
761 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
763 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
764 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
765 for RM9000 for now. */
766 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
767 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
769 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
770 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
772 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
774 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
775 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
777 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
779 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
780 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
781 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
783 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
784 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
785 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
787 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
788 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
789 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
791 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
792 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
793 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
795 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
796 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
798 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
799 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
800 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
802 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
803 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
804 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
805 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
807 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
808 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
809 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
811 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
812 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
813 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
815 /* The name of the options section. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
817 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
819 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
820 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
821 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
822 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
824 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
825 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
826 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
828 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
829 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
830 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
831 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
833 /* The name of the stub section. */
834 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
836 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
837 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
838 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
840 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
841 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
842 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
844 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
845 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
846 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
848 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
850 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
852 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
854 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
856 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
858 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
860 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
861 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
862 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
864 /* Get word-sized data. */
865 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
866 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
868 /* Put out word-sized data. */
869 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
871 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
872 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
874 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
875 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
876 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
878 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
879 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
880 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
882 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
883 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
885 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
886 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
887 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
889 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
890 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
891 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
892 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
894 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
895 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
897 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
898 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
900 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
901 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
902 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
904 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
906 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
908 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
909 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
911 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
912 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
913 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
915 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
916 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
917 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
919 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
920 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
921 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
923 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
924 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
926 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
927 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
929 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
930 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
931 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
932 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
934 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
935 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
936 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
937 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
938 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
939 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
940 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
941 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
942 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
943 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
944 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
946 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
947 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
949 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
950 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
952 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
953 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
954 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
956 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
959 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
960 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
961 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
962 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
965 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
966 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
967 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
968 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
969 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
970 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
971 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
972 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
974 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
975 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
977 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
979 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
980 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
983 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
984 floating point arguments.
986 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
987 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
988 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
989 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
990 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
991 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
992 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
993 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
995 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
996 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
997 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
998 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
999 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1000 stub should be discarded.
1002 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1003 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1004 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1005 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1006 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1007 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1008 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1011 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1012 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1013 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1015 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1017 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1018 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1019 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1021 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1022 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1023 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1025 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1026 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1028 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1029 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1030 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1031 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1032 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1033 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1034 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1035 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1038 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1039 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1040 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1042 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1044 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1045 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1046 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1047 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1048 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1049 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1052 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1053 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1054 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1056 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1058 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1059 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1060 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1061 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1062 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1063 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1066 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1067 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1068 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1069 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1071 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1072 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1074 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1075 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1076 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1077 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1078 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1079 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1080 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1081 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1085 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1086 in the insn32 mode. */
1087 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1089 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1090 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1091 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1092 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1093 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1094 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1095 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1096 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1099 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1100 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1102 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1103 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1104 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1105 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1108 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1109 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1110 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1111 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1113 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1114 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1115 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1116 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1119 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1120 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1121 directly addressable. */
1122 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1124 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1125 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1126 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1128 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1130 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1133 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1134 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1135 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1137 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1138 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1139 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1140 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1143 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1144 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1146 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1147 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1148 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1149 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1152 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1153 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1155 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1156 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1157 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1158 0x00000000, /* nop */
1159 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1160 0x00000000 /* nop */
1163 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1164 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1166 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1167 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1168 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1169 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1170 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1171 0x00000000, /* nop */
1172 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1173 0x00000000 /* nop */
1176 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1177 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1179 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1180 0x00000000, /* nop */
1181 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1182 0x00000000, /* nop */
1183 0x00000000, /* nop */
1184 0x00000000 /* nop */
1187 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1188 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1190 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1191 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1194 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1197 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1199 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1200 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1203 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1206 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1208 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1211 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1213 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1214 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1215 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1218 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1220 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1221 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1223 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1226 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1227 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1229 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1230 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1233 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1235 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1236 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1238 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1242 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1244 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1245 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1247 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1250 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1252 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1253 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1254 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1257 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1259 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1262 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1264 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1266 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1267 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1268 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1272 /* Set local fields. */
1273 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1274 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1275 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1278 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1279 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1280 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1281 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1282 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1283 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1284 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1286 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1287 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1288 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1289 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1290 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1293 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1296 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1299 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1301 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1308 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1310 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1311 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1313 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1316 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1319 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1322 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1323 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1326 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1327 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1330 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1333 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1334 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1336 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1337 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1340 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1341 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1344 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1345 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1347 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1349 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1350 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1351 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1354 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1355 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1356 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1357 goto error_return; \
1358 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1359 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1360 goto error_return; \
1363 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1364 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1365 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1366 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1367 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1370 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1371 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1372 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1373 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1374 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1382 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1384 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1386 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1387 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1388 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1389 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1390 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1391 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1392 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1393 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1394 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1395 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1396 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1398 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1399 free (debug
->ssext
);
1400 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1401 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1402 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1403 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1404 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1405 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1409 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1412 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1414 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1421 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1422 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1424 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1427 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1430 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1432 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1434 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1435 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1437 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1439 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1440 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1444 bfd_size_type count
;
1445 unsigned long sindex
;
1449 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1457 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1459 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1460 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1463 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1465 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1469 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1472 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1473 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 size
= sizeof (char *);
1478 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1482 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1483 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1484 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1488 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1491 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1492 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1495 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1498 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1499 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1501 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1502 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1503 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1504 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1505 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1506 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1507 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1508 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1509 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1510 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1512 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1513 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1517 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1518 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1519 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1522 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1526 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1529 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1531 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1532 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1533 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1534 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1536 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1537 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1538 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1540 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1542 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1544 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1546 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1547 matters, but someday it might). */
1548 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1577 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1578 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1581 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1583 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1586 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1593 /* Create a new symbol. */
1594 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1596 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1597 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1601 /* Make it a local function. */
1602 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1603 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1605 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1609 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1610 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1614 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1619 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1624 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1625 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1626 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1627 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1628 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1630 /* Create a new symbol. */
1631 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1633 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1634 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1638 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1639 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1640 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1641 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1642 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1643 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1647 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1648 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1651 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1655 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1656 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1657 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1662 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1663 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1664 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1666 static unsigned long
1667 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1668 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1669 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1672 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1675 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1676 one in a compound relocation. */
1677 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1678 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1679 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1681 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1682 the traditional behavior. */
1683 if (relocs
< relend
)
1684 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1689 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1693 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1696 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1697 objects try to call them. */
1698 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1699 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1701 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1702 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1705 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1706 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1708 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1709 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1710 being included in the link. */
1711 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1712 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1717 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1718 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1720 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1721 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1722 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1723 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1724 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1725 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1730 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1732 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1733 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1734 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1735 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1736 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1737 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1745 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1747 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1749 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1750 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1751 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1755 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1757 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1759 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1760 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1761 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1762 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1763 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1764 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1767 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1768 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1772 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1773 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1778 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1782 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1783 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1784 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1785 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1791 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1792 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1793 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1794 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1795 entry points are of interest here. */
1798 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1800 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1801 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1802 && h
->root
.def_regular
1803 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1804 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1805 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1806 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1807 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1810 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1811 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1814 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1817 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1819 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1820 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1825 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1826 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1830 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1831 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1832 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1835 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1836 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1838 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1840 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1843 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1847 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1848 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1851 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1853 /* Create the section. */
1854 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1855 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1856 input_section
->output_section
);
1860 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1861 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1862 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1865 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1867 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1868 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1869 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1870 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1872 /* Allocate room for it. */
1877 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1878 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1879 the function symbol to it. */
1882 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1888 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1892 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1893 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1896 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1897 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1898 input_section
->output_section
);
1899 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1901 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1904 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1905 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1906 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1907 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1909 /* Allocate room for it. */
1914 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1915 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1918 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1922 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1923 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1928 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1929 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1933 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1938 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1942 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1945 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1946 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1950 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1951 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1957 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1958 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1959 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1960 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1962 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1963 return (use_trampoline_p
1964 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1965 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1968 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1969 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1972 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1974 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1976 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1977 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1978 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1980 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1982 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1983 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1984 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1987 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1988 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1989 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1990 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1992 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1994 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1995 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1997 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2006 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2007 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2010 The format of these instructions is:
2012 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2013 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2014 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2016 +-----------------------------------------------+
2018 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2019 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2021 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2022 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2023 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2024 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2025 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2026 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2027 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2028 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2029 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2030 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2033 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2034 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2035 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2036 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2037 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2038 value as two 16-bit values.
2040 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2044 +--------+----------------------+
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2051 +----------+------+-------------+
2055 +----------+--------------------+
2056 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2057 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2059 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2060 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2061 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2062 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2063 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2065 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2066 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2067 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2070 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2071 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2072 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2073 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2074 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2076 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2078 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2079 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2080 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2081 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2084 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2087 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2088 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2089 little-endian system. */
2091 static inline bfd_boolean
2092 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2097 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2098 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2099 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2102 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2103 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2104 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2105 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2116 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2118 static inline bfd_boolean
2119 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2121 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2124 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2125 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2126 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2128 static inline bfd_boolean
2129 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2131 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2132 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2133 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2136 static inline bfd_boolean
2137 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2139 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2140 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2141 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2144 static inline bfd_boolean
2145 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2147 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2148 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2149 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2152 static inline bfd_boolean
2153 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2155 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2158 static inline bfd_boolean
2159 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2161 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2164 static inline bfd_boolean
2165 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2167 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2170 static inline bfd_boolean
2171 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2173 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2176 static inline bfd_boolean
2177 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2179 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2182 static inline bfd_boolean
2183 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2185 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2188 static inline bfd_boolean
2189 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2191 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2194 static inline bfd_boolean
2195 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2197 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2198 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2199 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2206 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2207 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2208 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2212 static inline bfd_boolean
2213 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2215 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2221 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2222 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2223 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2226 static inline bfd_boolean
2227 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2229 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2233 static inline bfd_boolean
2234 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2236 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2247 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2250 static inline bfd_boolean
2251 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2253 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2255 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2258 static inline bfd_boolean
2259 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2261 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2262 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2263 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2267 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2268 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2270 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2272 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2275 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2276 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2277 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2278 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2279 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2280 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2281 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2282 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2284 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2285 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2286 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2290 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2291 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2293 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2295 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2298 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2299 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2301 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2304 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2306 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2307 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2311 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2312 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2313 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2315 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2316 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2319 bfd_reloc_status_type
2320 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2321 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2322 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2326 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2328 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2331 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2333 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2334 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2336 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2337 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2339 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2340 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2342 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2344 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2345 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2346 an external symbol. */
2348 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2349 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2351 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2353 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2355 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2356 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2360 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2363 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2365 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2368 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2369 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2370 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2375 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2377 asection
*input_section
;
2381 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2383 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2385 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2386 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2387 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2389 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2390 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2391 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2392 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2394 bfd_reloc_status_type
2395 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2396 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2397 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2398 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2400 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2402 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2403 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2405 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2407 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2409 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2411 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2412 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2415 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2416 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2418 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2421 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2422 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2423 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2425 bfd_reloc_status_type
2426 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2427 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2428 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2430 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2431 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2432 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2433 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2434 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2435 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2438 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2439 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2442 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2443 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2444 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2446 bfd_reloc_status_type
2447 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2448 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2449 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2452 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2454 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2455 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2457 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2459 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2460 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2463 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2465 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2466 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2468 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2470 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2471 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2472 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2473 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2474 has a rightshift of 0. */
2475 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2476 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2477 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2478 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2479 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2480 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2482 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2483 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2484 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2486 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2487 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2489 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2492 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2496 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2497 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2501 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2502 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2503 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2505 bfd_reloc_status_type
2506 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2507 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2508 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2509 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2512 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2513 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2515 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2517 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2518 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2520 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2522 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2524 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2525 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2526 offset or address. */
2527 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2528 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2533 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2534 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2535 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2536 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2538 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2539 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2540 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2544 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2545 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2546 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2547 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2548 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2549 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2552 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2554 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2555 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2557 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2558 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2560 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2562 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2565 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2570 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2572 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2575 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2576 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2579 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2582 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2583 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2587 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2588 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2590 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2595 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2596 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2607 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2608 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2612 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2613 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2614 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2615 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2616 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2621 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2622 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2623 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2626 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2629 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2630 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2631 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2632 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2633 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2634 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2638 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2639 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2642 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2649 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2650 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2651 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2652 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2653 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2656 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2657 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2659 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2660 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2661 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2662 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2665 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2669 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2670 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2678 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2681 /* Swap in an options header. */
2684 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2685 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2687 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2688 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2689 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2690 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2693 /* Swap out an options header. */
2696 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2697 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2700 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2701 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2705 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2708 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2709 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2710 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2712 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2713 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2714 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2715 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2716 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2717 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2718 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2719 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2720 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2721 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2722 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2725 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2728 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2729 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2734 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2735 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2736 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2737 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2738 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2739 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2740 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2741 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2742 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2745 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2746 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2749 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2751 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2752 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2755 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2758 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2762 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2764 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2769 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2772 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2773 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2776 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2777 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2779 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2780 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2781 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2782 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2784 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2786 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2789 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2791 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2800 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2801 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2802 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2803 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2804 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2805 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2806 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2807 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2808 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2809 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2810 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2811 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2812 when generating a final executable. */
2815 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2817 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2819 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2821 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2823 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2824 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2825 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2826 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2827 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2829 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2830 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2831 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2832 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2833 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2841 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2844 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2845 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2846 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2847 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2848 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2849 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2851 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2852 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2856 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2858 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2859 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2860 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2863 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2864 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2866 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2868 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2869 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2870 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2871 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2873 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2877 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2880 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2882 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2883 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2884 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2889 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2890 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2892 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2893 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2894 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2898 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2900 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2902 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2904 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2905 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2906 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2907 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2908 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2909 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2911 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2912 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2913 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2914 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2915 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2916 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2918 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2923 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2926 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2927 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2928 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2929 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2931 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2933 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2934 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2936 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2937 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2938 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2940 + sec
->output_offset
2941 + output_section
->vma
);
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2949 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2950 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2952 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2954 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2956 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2958 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2960 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2963 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2964 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2965 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2966 + sec
->output_offset
2967 + output_section
->vma
);
2969 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2975 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2978 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2985 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2988 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2990 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2991 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2993 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2996 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2998 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3001 static INLINE hashval_t
3002 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3005 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3012 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3014 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3016 return (entry
->symndx
3017 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3018 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3019 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3020 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3021 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3022 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3026 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3028 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3029 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3031 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3032 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3033 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3034 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3035 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3036 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3037 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3041 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3043 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3045 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3046 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3047 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3048 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3049 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3053 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3055 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3057 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3058 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3059 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3060 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3061 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3062 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3063 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3067 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3069 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3071 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3072 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3076 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3078 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3080 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3081 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3082 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3085 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3087 static struct mips_got_info
*
3088 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3090 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3092 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3096 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3097 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3098 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3101 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3102 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3103 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3109 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3110 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3112 static struct mips_got_info
*
3113 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3115 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3117 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3120 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3121 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3122 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3126 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3129 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3131 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3133 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3134 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3137 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3138 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3139 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3140 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3141 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3142 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3147 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3148 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3149 if creation fails. */
3152 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3158 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3159 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3160 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3161 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3163 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3168 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3171 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3172 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3178 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3181 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3183 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3186 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3189 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3192 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3195 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3198 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3215 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3216 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3220 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3224 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3225 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3227 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
3228 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3231 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3233 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3234 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3243 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3249 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3256 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3260 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3261 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3262 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3264 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3266 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3267 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3269 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3271 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3272 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3274 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3277 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3280 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3282 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3287 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3289 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3291 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3292 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3294 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3296 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3297 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3299 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3303 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3305 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3308 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3311 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3312 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3318 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3319 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3320 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3322 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3331 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3333 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3334 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3335 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3338 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3341 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3343 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3344 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3347 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3348 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3349 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3350 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3351 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3353 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3354 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3355 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3357 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3360 /* General Dynamic. */
3361 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3365 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3366 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3367 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3368 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3371 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3372 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3373 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3374 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3376 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3377 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3381 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3382 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3383 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3384 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3389 /* Initial Exec model. */
3393 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3394 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3396 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3397 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3399 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3400 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3401 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3402 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3406 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3410 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3411 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3414 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3417 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3418 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3420 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3421 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3422 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3423 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3430 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3433 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3434 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3435 will be negative. */
3438 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3439 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3441 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3442 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3444 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3445 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3447 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3450 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3451 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3452 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3453 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3454 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3456 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3457 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3458 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3459 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3461 return got_address
- got_value
;
3464 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3465 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3466 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3467 offset can be found. */
3470 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3475 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3477 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3480 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3481 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3485 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3486 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3487 return entry
->gotidx
;
3490 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3493 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3494 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3497 long global_got_dynindx
;
3498 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3501 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3502 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3504 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3505 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3506 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3508 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3509 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3510 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3512 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3513 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3514 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3515 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3516 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3521 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3522 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3525 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3526 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3529 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3530 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3533 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3534 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3536 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3539 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3540 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3541 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3545 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3546 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3549 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3550 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3552 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3554 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3556 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3557 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3558 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3559 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3560 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3561 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3563 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3568 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3569 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3570 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3571 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3572 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3575 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3576 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3578 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3579 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3581 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3582 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3583 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3588 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3591 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3596 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3597 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3598 symbol that binds locally. */
3601 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3602 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3604 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3606 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3607 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3608 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3609 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3611 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3613 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3614 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3615 same in all cases. */
3616 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3617 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3619 return entry
->gotidx
;
3624 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3628 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3629 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3635 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3636 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3639 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3640 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3642 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3645 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3646 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3647 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3650 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3651 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3652 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3653 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3657 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3659 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3663 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3666 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3669 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3670 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3673 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3675 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3677 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3678 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3681 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3684 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3688 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3689 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3697 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3700 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3701 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3708 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3709 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3713 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3717 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3719 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3720 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3721 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3726 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3730 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3731 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3732 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3733 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3734 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3736 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3741 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3743 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3744 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3746 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3749 bfd_vma got_address
;
3751 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3752 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3753 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3756 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3757 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3758 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3759 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3760 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3766 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3767 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3768 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3769 the current linking stage. */
3771 static bfd_size_type
3772 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3774 bfd_size_type count
;
3777 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3780 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3782 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3783 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3784 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3785 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3786 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3792 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3793 appear towards the end. */
3796 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3798 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3799 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3800 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3802 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3805 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3806 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3813 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3814 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3815 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3816 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3817 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3818 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3819 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3822 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3823 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3824 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3825 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3826 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3827 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3828 == g
->global_gotno
);
3830 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3831 table index in the GOT. */
3832 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3837 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3838 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3842 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3844 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3846 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3848 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3851 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3854 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3858 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3859 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3862 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3863 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3864 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3865 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3872 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3873 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3874 hash table directly). */
3877 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3878 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3880 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3881 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3882 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3883 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3885 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3886 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3888 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3892 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3893 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3896 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3900 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3901 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3906 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3907 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3911 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3920 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3921 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3922 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3925 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3926 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3927 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3931 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3932 unsigned char tls_type
;
3934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3935 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3937 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3939 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3941 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3943 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3945 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3949 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3952 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3956 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3957 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3958 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3962 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3963 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3964 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3967 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3968 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3971 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3975 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3976 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3978 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3979 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3982 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3985 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3986 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3987 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3988 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3991 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3992 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3996 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3997 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3998 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4001 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4002 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4003 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4005 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4006 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4008 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4009 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4014 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4018 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4019 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4021 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4022 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4026 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4029 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4037 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4038 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4042 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4052 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4055 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4061 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4062 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4064 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4065 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4067 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4068 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4073 /* Make room for a null element. */
4074 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4077 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4081 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4082 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4083 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4084 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4087 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4089 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4090 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4092 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4093 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4094 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4099 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4106 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4110 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4111 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4112 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4113 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4116 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4118 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4119 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4122 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4123 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4124 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4125 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4126 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4136 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4137 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4139 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4140 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4143 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4151 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4153 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4162 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4167 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4170 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4172 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4175 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4178 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4179 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4181 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4182 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4183 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4184 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4187 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4189 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4193 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4194 seen the section. */
4195 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4198 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4206 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4208 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4209 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4210 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4212 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4213 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4214 a new singleton range. */
4216 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4218 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4222 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4223 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4224 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4232 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4233 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4235 /* Update the ranges. */
4236 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4237 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4238 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4240 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4242 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4243 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4244 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4247 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4250 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4251 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4252 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4254 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4255 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4261 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4262 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4263 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4264 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4267 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4269 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4270 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4275 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4276 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4277 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4279 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4283 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4285 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4288 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4290 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4291 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4292 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4295 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4296 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4300 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4302 /* Read in the symbol. */
4303 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4311 /* Get the associated input section. */
4312 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4319 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4320 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4321 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4322 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4323 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4327 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4328 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4329 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4330 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4332 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4333 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4336 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4338 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4346 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4347 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4348 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4349 that they require. */
4352 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4353 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4355 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4356 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4363 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4367 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4368 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4369 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4370 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4373 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4377 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4380 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4381 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4382 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4387 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4392 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4396 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4397 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4399 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4400 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4401 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4402 symbols later if appropriate. */
4403 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4406 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4407 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4408 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4409 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4410 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4413 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4414 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4415 the local rather than global GOT. */
4416 if (info
->executable
&& h
->has_static_relocs
)
4422 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4423 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4424 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4425 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4426 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4429 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4433 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4435 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4436 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4438 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4440 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4441 local or global GOT. */
4442 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4443 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4444 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4445 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4446 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4447 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4448 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4449 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4450 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4451 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4452 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4453 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4454 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4456 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4463 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4464 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4467 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4469 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4470 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4473 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4474 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4475 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4484 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4489 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4490 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4493 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4495 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4496 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4499 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4500 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4501 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4510 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4515 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4516 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4517 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4518 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4522 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4523 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4524 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4527 unsigned int estimate
;
4529 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4530 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4531 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4532 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4534 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4536 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4537 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4539 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4540 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4541 conservatively as well. */
4542 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4543 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4545 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4547 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4548 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4551 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4552 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4554 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4558 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4562 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4566 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4567 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4568 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4569 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4570 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4571 and then make make the new got current. */
4574 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4575 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4577 unsigned int estimate
;
4580 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4583 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4584 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4585 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4586 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4587 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4589 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4590 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4591 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4592 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4593 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4595 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4597 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4598 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4605 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4606 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4611 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4614 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4619 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4620 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4621 overflows anyway. */
4622 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4628 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4629 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4630 an index in a different GOT. */
4633 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4635 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4637 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4638 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4640 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4642 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4646 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4647 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4650 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4654 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4655 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4656 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4659 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4661 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4662 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4664 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4665 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4666 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4669 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4670 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4676 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4677 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4681 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4682 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4683 symbol to DATA->value. */
4686 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4688 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4689 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4691 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4692 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4693 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4694 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4695 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4696 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4700 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4701 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4702 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4703 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4706 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4708 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4709 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4711 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4712 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4713 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4714 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4715 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4717 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4722 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4724 if (arg
->info
->shared
4725 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4726 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4727 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4728 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4734 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4735 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4736 lazy-binding stubs. */
4739 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4741 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4743 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4745 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4746 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4747 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4750 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4751 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4752 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4754 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4755 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4761 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4764 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4769 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4773 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4777 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4778 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4781 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4782 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4785 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4786 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4788 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4790 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4791 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4792 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4795 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4796 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4797 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4801 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4802 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4803 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4804 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4805 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4806 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4807 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4808 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4809 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4810 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4812 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4814 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4815 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4816 to be the primary GOT. */
4817 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4819 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4820 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4824 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4825 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4826 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4828 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4829 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4831 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4835 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4836 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4837 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4838 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4840 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4842 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4843 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4844 those that are actually referenced. */
4845 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4846 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4849 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4850 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4851 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4852 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4854 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4855 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4856 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4857 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4858 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4859 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4860 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4861 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4862 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4863 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4864 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4865 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4866 points back to the master GOT. */
4867 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4868 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4875 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4877 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4878 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4879 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4880 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4881 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4882 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4884 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4885 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4886 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4891 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4892 all non-TLS entries. */
4893 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4895 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4896 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4899 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4901 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4904 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4905 lazy-binding stubs. */
4907 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4911 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4914 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4916 unsigned int save_assign
;
4918 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4919 relocations they need. */
4920 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4921 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4923 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4925 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4929 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4933 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4934 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4935 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4936 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4937 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4939 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4941 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4951 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4952 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4954 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4955 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4956 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4957 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4959 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4961 while (relocation
< relend
)
4963 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4964 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4970 /* We didn't find it. */
4974 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4977 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4978 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4979 asection
**local_sections
)
4981 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4982 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4985 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4986 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4987 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4989 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4991 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4997 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5000 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5002 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5003 /* VALUE is negative. */
5004 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5009 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5010 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5014 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5016 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5018 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5019 /* The value is too big. */
5021 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5022 /* The value is too small. */
5029 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5032 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5034 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5037 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5040 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5043 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5050 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5053 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5056 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5063 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5066 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5067 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5070 register asection
*s
;
5072 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5074 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5077 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5079 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5080 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5083 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5089 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5092 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5095 register asection
*s
;
5096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5097 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5098 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5100 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5101 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5103 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5107 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5108 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5110 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5111 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5112 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5114 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5118 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5119 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5120 are not creating a global offset table. */
5122 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5123 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5124 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5127 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5130 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5131 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5132 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5135 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5138 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5139 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5140 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5142 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5143 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5144 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5147 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5155 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5156 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5157 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5160 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5162 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5164 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5165 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5168 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5169 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5170 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5174 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5175 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5177 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5178 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5179 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5180 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5181 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5182 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5189 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5190 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5191 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5192 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5199 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5206 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5207 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5208 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5210 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5211 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5212 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5214 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5215 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5216 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5217 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5219 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5220 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5221 asection
*input_section
,
5222 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5223 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5224 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5226 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5228 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5229 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5231 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5233 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5236 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5237 shared object file being produced. */
5239 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5242 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5244 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5245 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5246 during execution. */
5247 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5248 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5250 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5252 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5254 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5255 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5256 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5257 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5258 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5259 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5260 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5262 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5264 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5265 relocation value. */
5266 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5267 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5268 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5269 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5270 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5273 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5274 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5275 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5277 /* Parse the relocation. */
5278 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5279 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5280 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5281 + input_section
->output_offset
5282 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5284 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5285 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5287 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5288 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5289 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5290 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5292 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5293 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5294 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5297 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5298 must come before globals. */
5302 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5305 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5307 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5308 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5310 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5311 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5312 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5313 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5314 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5315 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5317 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5319 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5322 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5323 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5326 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5327 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5328 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5331 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5333 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5334 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5338 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5340 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5341 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5342 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5343 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5344 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5345 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5346 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5348 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5349 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5351 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5352 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5353 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5354 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5356 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5357 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5358 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5359 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5363 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5364 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5365 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5366 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5369 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5370 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5371 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5373 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5374 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5375 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5377 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5378 if (sec
->output_section
)
5379 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5380 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5381 + sec
->output_offset
);
5383 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5385 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5386 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5387 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5388 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5391 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5392 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5394 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5395 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5397 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5398 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5399 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5400 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5401 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5403 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5404 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5407 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5409 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5410 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5411 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5412 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5413 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5414 which is available from here:
5415 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5418 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5419 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5420 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5421 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5422 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5424 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5428 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5431 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5432 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5435 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5436 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5438 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5440 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5441 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5443 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5444 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5445 && !info
->relocatable
5447 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5448 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5450 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5451 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5452 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5454 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5455 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5459 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5464 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5467 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5468 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5469 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5470 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5479 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5480 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5481 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5483 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5484 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5485 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5486 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5487 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5488 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5490 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5491 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5492 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5495 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5498 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5499 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5501 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5506 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5508 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5510 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5517 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5520 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5523 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5524 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5526 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5528 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5529 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5531 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5532 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5533 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5534 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5535 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5536 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5537 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5539 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5540 && !info
->relocatable
5543 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5544 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5546 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5549 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5550 + sec
->output_offset
5551 + htab
->plt_header_size
5552 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5553 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5556 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5557 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5560 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5561 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5562 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5564 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5565 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5566 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5569 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5570 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5571 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5572 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5573 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5575 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5576 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5577 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5578 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5579 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5580 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5581 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5582 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5584 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5586 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5587 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5589 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5594 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5595 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5596 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5597 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5599 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5600 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5604 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5605 to need it, get it now. */
5608 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5609 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5612 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5613 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5614 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5615 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5616 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5617 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5621 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5625 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5626 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5627 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5628 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5629 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5630 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5633 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5634 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5636 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5637 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5639 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5643 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5644 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5645 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5646 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5647 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5648 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5650 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5651 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5652 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5656 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5657 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5659 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5660 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5661 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5662 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5665 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5666 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5667 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5671 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5672 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5674 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5677 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5678 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5682 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5683 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5684 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5686 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5690 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5691 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5693 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5694 + input_section
->output_offset
5695 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5696 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5697 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5698 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5700 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5701 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5703 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5704 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5707 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5710 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5714 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5717 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5718 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5719 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5720 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5727 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5729 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5730 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5731 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5732 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5734 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5735 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5736 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5738 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5739 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5740 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5741 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5742 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5743 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5745 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5753 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5757 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5758 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5762 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5766 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5767 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5771 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5772 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5773 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5774 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5775 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5777 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5781 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5782 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5783 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5784 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5786 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5787 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5790 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5791 else if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5792 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5795 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5796 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5797 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5798 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5802 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5803 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5804 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5805 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5809 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5810 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5811 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5812 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5813 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5814 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5817 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5818 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5820 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5824 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5825 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5826 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5827 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5828 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5829 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5834 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5837 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5838 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5842 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5843 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5844 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5848 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5849 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5850 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5851 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5852 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5853 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5854 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5855 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5856 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5857 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5858 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5860 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5861 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5867 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5870 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5873 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5874 for this conditional. */
5875 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5876 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5877 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5878 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5879 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5881 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5882 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5883 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5884 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5885 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5888 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5889 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5892 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5893 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5894 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5895 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5896 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5897 not check for overflow here. */
5901 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5903 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5904 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5905 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5910 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5911 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5912 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5913 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5914 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5915 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5916 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5917 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5918 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5919 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5920 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5921 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5922 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5923 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5924 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5925 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5926 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5927 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5931 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5932 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5935 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5936 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5939 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5940 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5941 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5942 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5943 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5945 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5946 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5947 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5948 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5950 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5951 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5958 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5959 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5960 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5961 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5962 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5963 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5964 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5965 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5966 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5967 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5969 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5972 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5973 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5975 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5979 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5980 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5981 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
5983 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5984 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5986 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5987 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5988 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5989 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5990 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5993 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5994 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5995 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
5997 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5998 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6000 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6001 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6002 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6003 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6004 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6007 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6008 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6009 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6011 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6012 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6014 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6015 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6016 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6017 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6018 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6021 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6022 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6023 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6025 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6026 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6028 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6029 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6030 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6031 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6032 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6035 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6036 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6037 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6039 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6040 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6042 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6043 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6044 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6045 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6046 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6050 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6051 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6052 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6053 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6057 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6058 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6059 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6060 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6063 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6064 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6065 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6066 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6067 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6068 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6069 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6070 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6073 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6074 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6075 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6076 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6077 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6078 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6079 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6080 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6083 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6084 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6085 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6086 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6087 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6088 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6089 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6090 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6093 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6094 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6095 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6096 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6097 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6098 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6099 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6100 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6103 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6104 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6105 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6106 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6107 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6108 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6109 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6111 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6112 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6115 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6116 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6117 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6118 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6119 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6122 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6123 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6124 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6125 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6126 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6127 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6128 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6131 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6132 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6134 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6137 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6141 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6142 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6143 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6147 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6148 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6149 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6152 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6153 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6154 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6155 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6158 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6159 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6160 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6161 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6165 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6166 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6167 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6168 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6169 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6170 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6171 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6175 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6176 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6177 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6178 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6181 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6182 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6185 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6187 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6190 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6193 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6194 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6195 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6198 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6199 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6201 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6203 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6208 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6209 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6210 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6212 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6213 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6215 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6218 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6219 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6220 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6221 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6222 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6223 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6227 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6230 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6231 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6233 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6235 /* Obtain the current value. */
6236 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6238 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6239 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6241 /* Set the field. */
6242 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6244 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6245 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6248 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6249 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6251 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6252 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6254 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6257 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6259 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6264 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6268 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6269 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6272 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6273 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6276 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6281 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6282 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6285 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6287 if (!info
->relocatable
6288 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6289 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6290 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6291 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6292 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6293 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6294 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6295 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6296 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6297 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6303 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6304 + input_section
->output_offset
6305 + relocation
->r_offset
6307 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6308 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6312 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6314 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6315 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6317 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6321 /* Put the value into the output. */
6322 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6324 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6326 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6332 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6333 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6334 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6335 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6338 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6339 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6340 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6341 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6342 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6343 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6345 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6350 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6353 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6354 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6356 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6357 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6358 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6359 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6360 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6361 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6364 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6365 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6366 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6368 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6369 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6370 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6371 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6374 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6375 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6378 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6380 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6381 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6382 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6387 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6388 in the relocation. */
6389 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6391 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6392 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6393 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6394 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6396 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6397 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6398 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6399 undefined symbols. */
6404 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6406 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6408 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6413 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6416 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6417 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6423 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6424 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6425 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6426 local symbols because we used to generate them
6427 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6428 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6429 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6430 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6431 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6432 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6434 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6435 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6436 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6437 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6438 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6443 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6444 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6445 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6446 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6447 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6450 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6451 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6452 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6454 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6455 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6456 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6459 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6460 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6461 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6462 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6463 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6464 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6465 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6466 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6467 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6468 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6469 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6470 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6471 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6472 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6475 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6477 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6478 correct location in the output file. */
6479 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6480 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6481 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6482 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6483 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6484 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6486 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6487 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6488 relocation format is non-standard. */
6489 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6491 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6492 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6494 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6496 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6498 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6499 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6500 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6501 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6503 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6506 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6507 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6508 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6510 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6511 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6513 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6514 will be writing to it. */
6515 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6518 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6519 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6521 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6526 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6528 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6529 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6530 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6531 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6532 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6533 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6535 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6536 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6537 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6539 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6540 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6541 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6542 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6543 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6544 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6545 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6549 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6550 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6552 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6553 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6558 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6561 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6563 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6565 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6566 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6568 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6569 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6571 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6572 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6574 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6575 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6577 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6578 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6580 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6581 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6583 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6584 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6586 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6587 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6589 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6590 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6592 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6593 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6595 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6596 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6598 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6599 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6601 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6602 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6604 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6605 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6607 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6608 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6610 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6611 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6613 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6614 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6616 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6617 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6620 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6624 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6627 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6630 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6633 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6636 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6638 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6639 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6641 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6642 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6644 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6645 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6647 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6648 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6650 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6651 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6653 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6654 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6661 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6663 static INLINE
char *
6664 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6668 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6669 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6672 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6674 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6678 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6680 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6682 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6684 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6687 return "unknown abi";
6691 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6692 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6693 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6694 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6695 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6696 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6697 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6698 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6700 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6701 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6702 definition in a shared library. */
6703 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6704 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6705 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6707 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6710 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6712 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6714 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6715 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6716 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6718 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6719 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6720 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6721 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6722 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6723 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6724 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6726 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6727 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6728 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6729 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6730 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6731 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6732 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6733 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6734 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6735 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6737 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6741 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6742 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6743 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6744 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6745 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6748 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6749 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6751 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6752 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6753 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6754 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6755 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6756 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6757 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6758 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6759 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6760 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6762 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6763 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6766 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6767 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6772 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6774 if (section
!= NULL
)
6776 asym
->section
= section
;
6777 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6778 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6779 base address to make it an offset. */
6780 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6787 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6789 if (section
!= NULL
)
6791 asym
->section
= section
;
6792 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6793 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6794 base address to make it an offset. */
6795 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6801 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6802 or microMIPS one. */
6803 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6804 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6807 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6808 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6809 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6811 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6812 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6816 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6817 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6819 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6820 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6821 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6822 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6823 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6825 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6826 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6827 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6828 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6830 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6831 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6832 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6833 We therefore take the following approach:
6835 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6836 determine the pointer size.
6838 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6839 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6843 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6844 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6845 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6846 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6847 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6849 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6850 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6854 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6856 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6858 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6860 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6862 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6863 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6864 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6871 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6872 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6873 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6882 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6883 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6884 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6886 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6887 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6890 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6891 will jump there rather than to .text.
6893 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6894 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6897 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6899 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6902 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6903 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6904 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6908 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6910 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6911 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6915 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6916 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6919 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6922 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6923 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6927 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6928 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6929 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6930 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6932 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6934 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6935 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6936 so that we don't have to read them again.
6937 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6938 through the section contents to see if there is an
6939 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6941 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6943 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6944 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6946 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6948 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6950 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6952 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6953 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6954 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6957 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6964 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6965 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6968 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6969 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6972 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6979 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6980 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6983 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6984 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6991 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6993 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6995 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6996 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6997 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6998 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6999 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7000 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7001 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7002 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7003 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7004 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7005 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7006 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7007 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7008 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7010 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7012 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7014 unsigned int adjust
;
7016 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7018 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7026 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7027 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7028 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7030 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7034 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7035 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7041 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7042 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7043 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7044 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7045 probably get away with this. */
7046 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7048 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7049 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7053 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7056 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7057 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7060 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7061 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7064 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7065 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7068 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7069 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7071 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7073 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7074 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7075 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7077 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7079 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7080 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7083 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7084 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7087 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7088 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7091 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7092 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7094 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7096 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7097 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7098 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7101 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7102 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7105 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7106 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7107 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7114 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7119 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7120 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7126 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7128 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7130 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7131 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7133 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7134 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7135 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7137 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7140 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7142 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7143 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7144 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7145 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7146 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7148 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7151 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7152 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7154 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7155 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7158 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7159 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7160 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7161 they should agree. */
7162 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7164 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7166 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7167 if (contents
== NULL
)
7169 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7176 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7177 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7179 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7181 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7183 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7185 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7186 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7187 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7190 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7192 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7194 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7196 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7197 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7199 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7201 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7203 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7205 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7207 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7208 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7210 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7220 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7221 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7222 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7225 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7227 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7229 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7231 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7232 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7233 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7235 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7236 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7237 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7239 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7240 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7241 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7243 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7244 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7245 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7247 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7248 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7249 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7250 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7251 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7253 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7255 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7257 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7258 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7259 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7260 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7262 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7263 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7265 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7268 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7270 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7271 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7272 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7273 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7275 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7276 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7278 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7279 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7282 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7283 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7284 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7285 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7286 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7287 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7288 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7289 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7291 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7292 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7294 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7296 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7297 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7298 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7300 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7302 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7303 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7304 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7306 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7308 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7309 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7311 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7312 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7314 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7316 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7317 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7318 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7319 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7320 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7322 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7324 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7325 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7326 final_write_processing. */
7328 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7329 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7331 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7332 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7333 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7335 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7337 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7338 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7339 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7342 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7343 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7344 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7345 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7346 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7351 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7352 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7353 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7354 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7355 the .scommon section. */
7358 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7359 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7361 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7363 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7366 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7368 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7374 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7375 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7378 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7379 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7380 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7381 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7383 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7384 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7385 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7387 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7392 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7393 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7394 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7395 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7396 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7397 is not done for them. */
7399 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7400 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7406 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7409 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7410 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7411 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7412 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7413 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7416 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7417 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7418 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7419 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7423 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7424 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7426 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7427 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7428 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7430 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7431 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7434 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7435 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7436 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7439 /* Initialize the section. */
7441 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7442 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7444 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7445 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7447 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7448 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7449 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7450 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7451 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7452 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7453 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7455 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7456 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7457 so I took it out. */
7458 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7461 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7462 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7464 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7465 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7467 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7468 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7469 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7471 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7472 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7475 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7476 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7477 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7480 /* Initialize the section. */
7482 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7483 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7485 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7486 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7488 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7489 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7490 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7491 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7492 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7493 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7494 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7496 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7497 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7498 so I took it out. */
7499 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7502 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7503 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7507 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7509 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7510 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7512 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7513 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7515 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7517 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7518 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7519 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7522 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7525 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7527 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7530 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7531 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7534 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7535 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7536 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7537 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7543 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7544 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7545 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7548 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7549 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7550 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7551 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7553 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7554 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7555 common in the output file. */
7556 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7557 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7558 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7560 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7561 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7566 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7568 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7571 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7573 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7574 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7576 register asection
*s
;
7577 const char * const *namep
;
7578 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7580 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7581 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7583 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7584 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7586 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7588 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7590 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7593 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7598 /* We need to create .got section. */
7599 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7602 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7605 /* Create .stub section. */
7606 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7607 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7610 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7611 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7615 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7617 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7619 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7620 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7622 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7623 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7627 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7628 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7629 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7630 the linker takes such action. */
7631 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7633 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7636 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7637 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7638 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7641 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7644 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7646 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7650 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7651 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7653 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7657 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7658 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7660 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7662 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7664 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7666 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7668 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7671 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7673 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7675 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7677 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7684 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7686 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7687 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7688 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7691 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7694 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7696 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7699 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7701 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7702 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7703 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7704 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7705 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7706 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7708 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7710 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7711 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7712 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7715 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7718 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7720 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7722 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7726 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7727 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7728 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7731 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7732 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7733 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7734 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7736 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7737 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7740 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7742 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7747 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7748 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7749 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7755 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7756 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7757 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7760 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7761 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7762 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7764 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7765 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7767 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7768 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7769 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7770 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7772 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7773 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7774 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7777 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7778 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7779 of the section that REL is against. */
7782 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7783 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7786 unsigned int r_type
;
7789 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7790 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7792 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7793 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7794 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7795 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7797 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7800 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7801 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7802 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7803 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7804 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7807 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7808 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7809 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7810 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7812 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7813 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7814 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7817 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7818 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7819 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7820 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7821 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7822 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7823 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7825 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7827 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7828 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7829 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7832 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7834 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7835 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7836 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7837 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7838 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7839 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7841 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7842 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7843 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7844 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7845 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7848 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7849 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7850 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7852 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7853 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7860 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7861 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7862 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7865 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7870 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7871 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7873 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7877 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7880 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7882 static struct plt_entry
*
7883 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7885 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7887 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7891 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7892 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7893 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7894 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7898 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7899 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7900 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7903 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7904 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7909 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7911 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7912 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7914 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7915 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7918 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7920 if (info
->relocatable
)
7923 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7924 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7926 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7927 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7928 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7929 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7931 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7932 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7934 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7936 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7937 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7939 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7941 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7944 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7947 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7948 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7949 " stub section `%s'"),
7951 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7955 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7956 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7960 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7961 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7962 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7963 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7965 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7966 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7968 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7969 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7970 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7971 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7975 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7977 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7980 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7981 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7982 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7983 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7986 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7995 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7996 not need it. Since this function is called before
7997 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7998 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8000 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8004 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8006 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8008 unsigned long symcount
;
8012 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8013 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8015 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8016 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8017 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8020 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8023 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8024 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8026 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8027 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8028 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8029 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8033 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8035 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8036 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8038 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8039 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8040 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8042 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8044 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8045 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8046 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8047 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8048 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8049 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8051 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8055 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8057 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8060 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8062 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8063 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8066 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8069 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8072 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8073 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8074 " stub section `%s'"),
8076 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8080 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8081 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8085 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8086 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8087 that refers to this symbol. */
8088 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8090 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8091 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8093 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8094 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8095 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8096 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8100 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8102 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8105 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8106 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8107 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8108 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8111 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8120 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8121 not need it. Since this function is called before
8122 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8123 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8125 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8129 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8131 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8133 unsigned long symcount
;
8137 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8138 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8140 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8141 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8142 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8145 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8148 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8149 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8151 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8152 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8153 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8154 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8158 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8159 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8161 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8163 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8164 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8166 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8168 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8169 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8170 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8171 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8172 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8175 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8179 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8181 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8187 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8189 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8190 unsigned int r_type
;
8191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8192 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8193 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8194 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8196 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8197 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8199 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8201 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8203 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8204 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8206 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8211 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8214 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8215 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8216 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8218 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8220 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8224 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8225 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8226 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8228 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8229 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8230 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8232 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8233 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8234 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8235 .debug* should have no effect. */
8236 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8241 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8242 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8243 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8244 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8245 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8246 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8247 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8251 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8252 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8253 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8254 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8255 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8256 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8258 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8259 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8260 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8261 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8262 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8263 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8264 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8265 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8266 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8267 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8268 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8269 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8270 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8273 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8274 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8276 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8278 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8279 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8280 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8284 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8289 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8290 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8291 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8292 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8295 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8296 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8297 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8298 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8299 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8300 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8301 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8302 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8303 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8304 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8310 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8311 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8312 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8314 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8315 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8316 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8317 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8318 against a read-only section. */
8321 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8322 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8323 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8324 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8325 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8326 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8328 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8330 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8336 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8337 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8339 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8340 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8341 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8342 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8343 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8344 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8350 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8352 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8353 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8356 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8358 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8359 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8360 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8361 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8362 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8363 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8366 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8367 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8368 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8369 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8373 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8377 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8378 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8379 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8380 relocations against the text segment. */
8381 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8384 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8385 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8386 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8387 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8389 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8390 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8391 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8392 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8393 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8394 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8395 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8396 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8397 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8398 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8403 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8404 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8405 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8410 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8411 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8414 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8415 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8416 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8417 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8422 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8423 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8424 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8425 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8428 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8429 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8430 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8431 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8435 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8436 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8437 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8443 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8444 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8445 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8447 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8449 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8450 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8451 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8452 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8454 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8455 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8456 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8458 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8460 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8462 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8463 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8465 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8466 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8469 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8472 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8473 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8479 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8480 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8482 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8483 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8484 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8485 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8489 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8490 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8493 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8494 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8495 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8500 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8501 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8502 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8504 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8507 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8508 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8509 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8510 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8512 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8518 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8519 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8520 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8521 for TLS GD relocations. */
8524 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8530 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8540 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8541 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8542 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8543 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8547 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8551 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8553 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8554 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8555 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8556 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8557 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8558 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8559 relocations against the text segment. */
8560 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8564 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8566 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8567 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8568 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8569 it will be left as zero.
8571 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8572 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8574 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8575 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8577 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8578 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8579 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8580 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8581 are relocations against the text segment. */
8582 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8586 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8587 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8588 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8592 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8593 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8594 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8595 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8596 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8597 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8598 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8599 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8600 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8601 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8604 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8605 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8606 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8607 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8611 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8612 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8613 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8614 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8616 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8624 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8625 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8626 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8627 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8628 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8629 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8632 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8633 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8635 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8636 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8637 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8640 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8641 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8643 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8646 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8647 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8648 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8649 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8651 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8652 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8656 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8657 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8660 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8661 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8662 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8663 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8664 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8672 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8673 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8674 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8675 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8676 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8677 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8678 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8681 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8682 and has a special meaning. */
8683 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8684 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8687 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8688 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8695 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8696 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8697 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8698 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8700 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8701 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8713 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8714 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8717 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8718 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8719 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8720 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8722 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8723 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8724 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8726 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8729 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8732 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8733 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8734 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8737 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8738 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8739 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8740 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8742 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8745 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8746 unsigned int r_type
;
8747 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8749 unsigned long instruction
;
8751 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8752 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8753 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8754 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8755 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8758 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8759 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8760 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8762 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8763 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8764 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8766 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8767 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8768 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8770 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8772 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8773 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8774 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8775 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8776 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8779 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8780 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8781 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8782 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8783 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8785 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8789 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8791 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8792 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8794 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8795 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8796 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8797 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8799 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8803 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8804 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8806 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8807 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8808 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8809 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8812 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8813 symval
= isym
->st_value
8814 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8815 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8818 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8820 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8821 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8823 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8824 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8829 /* Check that it's in range. */
8830 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8833 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8834 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8837 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8839 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8840 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8841 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8842 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8843 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8844 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8848 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8849 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8850 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8853 if (contents
!= NULL
8854 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8856 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8860 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8861 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8867 if (contents
!= NULL
8868 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8873 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8876 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8878 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8880 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8883 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8884 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8886 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8887 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8889 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8890 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8891 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8894 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8895 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8896 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8899 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8900 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8901 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8902 if (! info
->relocatable
8903 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8904 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8905 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8908 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8910 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8912 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8913 non-default visibility. */
8914 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8917 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8919 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8921 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8928 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8929 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8930 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8931 relocations against it.
8933 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8934 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8936 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8938 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8939 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8940 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8943 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8944 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8945 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8946 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8947 against the text segment. */
8948 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8955 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8956 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8957 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8958 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8962 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8963 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8966 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8969 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8970 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8972 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8973 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8975 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8976 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8978 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8981 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8983 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8985 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8986 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8987 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8988 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8989 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8991 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8992 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8993 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8995 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8998 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8999 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9000 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9001 executable and the shared library. */
9002 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9004 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9005 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9009 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9010 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9012 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9013 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9014 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9015 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9016 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9017 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9018 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9019 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9020 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9021 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9022 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9023 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9024 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9026 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9027 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9029 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9030 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9031 for PLT offset calculations. */
9032 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9034 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9035 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9037 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9038 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9039 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9040 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9041 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9042 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9045 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9046 for the same reason as above. */
9047 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9048 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9051 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9053 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9055 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9056 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9058 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9059 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9060 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9061 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9063 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9064 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9065 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9066 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9067 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9068 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9069 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9071 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9072 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9073 else if (!micromips_p
)
9075 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9076 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9077 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9078 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9080 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9082 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9083 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9084 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9085 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9089 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9090 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9091 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9092 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9096 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9097 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9098 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9101 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9102 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9104 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9105 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9106 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9107 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9112 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9114 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9115 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9118 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9119 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9120 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9121 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9122 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9123 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9124 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9127 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9129 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9132 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9134 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9135 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9137 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9139 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9140 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9143 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9144 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9146 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9147 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9148 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
9149 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9151 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9152 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9153 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9154 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9156 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9157 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9158 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9160 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9161 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9162 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9167 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9168 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9169 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9170 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9172 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9173 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9174 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9175 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9179 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9180 in regular objects. */
9184 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9185 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9186 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9189 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9190 some that we can't convert. */
9191 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
9193 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9194 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9195 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9196 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9200 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9201 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9202 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9203 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9204 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9205 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9206 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9207 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9208 same memory location for the variable. */
9210 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9212 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9213 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9215 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9219 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9220 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9221 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9223 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9226 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9227 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9228 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9231 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9232 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9235 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9236 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9238 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9239 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9241 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9242 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9244 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9246 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9247 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9249 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9252 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9254 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9255 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9262 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9265 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9269 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9270 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9271 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9273 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9274 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9276 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9277 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9283 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9286 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9287 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9288 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9289 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9290 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9292 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9293 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9294 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9296 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9297 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9298 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9300 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9303 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9304 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9306 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9308 asection
*subsection
;
9310 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9312 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9314 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9316 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9317 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9321 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9322 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9323 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9324 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9327 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9328 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9329 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9331 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9333 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9334 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9336 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9337 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9339 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9340 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9341 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9343 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9344 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9346 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9348 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9353 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9354 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9355 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9356 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9357 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9358 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9360 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9361 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9364 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9365 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9368 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9369 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9371 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9372 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9373 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9375 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9377 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9383 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9386 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9388 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9389 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9391 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9392 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9394 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9397 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9398 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9399 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9401 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9402 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9403 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9405 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9406 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9408 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9409 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9410 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9411 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9412 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9413 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9414 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9415 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9416 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9417 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9418 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9419 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9420 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9422 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9423 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9424 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9426 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9429 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9430 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9431 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9434 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9436 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9437 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9438 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9442 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9443 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9444 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9446 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9448 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9449 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9450 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9452 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9453 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9454 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9455 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9460 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9461 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9462 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9463 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9464 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9469 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9470 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9473 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9475 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9476 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9477 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9478 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9479 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9480 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9484 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9485 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9487 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9490 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9492 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9494 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9497 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9498 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9499 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9501 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9502 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9503 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9506 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9513 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9514 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9515 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9516 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9519 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9521 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9522 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9523 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9528 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9529 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9531 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9533 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9534 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9535 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9537 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9538 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9541 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9547 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9548 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9551 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9552 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9554 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9557 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9558 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9559 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9565 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9568 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9569 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9572 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9573 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9574 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9576 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9577 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9578 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9579 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9581 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9583 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9584 if (info
->executable
)
9586 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9587 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9589 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9591 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9594 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9595 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9596 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9597 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9598 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9599 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9601 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9602 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9604 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9605 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9606 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9608 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9609 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9610 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9611 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9612 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9615 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9616 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9617 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9619 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9620 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9621 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9622 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9623 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9624 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9625 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9626 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9627 else if (!micromips_p
)
9628 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9629 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9630 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9632 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9634 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9635 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9636 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9637 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9638 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9639 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9640 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9642 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9644 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9646 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9647 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9648 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9653 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9654 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9660 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9661 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9663 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9665 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9668 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9670 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9671 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9674 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9678 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9679 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9680 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9682 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9685 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9689 const char *outname
;
9692 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9693 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9694 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9695 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9696 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9698 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9700 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9702 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9703 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9704 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9707 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9708 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9709 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9712 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9713 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9714 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9715 will move them around between input sections'
9716 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9717 broken, so don't let it run. */
9718 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9721 else if (! info
->shared
9722 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9723 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9725 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9726 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9727 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9729 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9730 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9731 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9732 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9734 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9735 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9736 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9737 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9738 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9741 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9743 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9744 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9745 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9747 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9753 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9757 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9760 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9761 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9762 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9769 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9771 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9772 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9773 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9774 the .dynamic section. */
9776 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9777 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9778 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9779 may only look at the first one they see. */
9781 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9784 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9785 used by the debugger. */
9786 if (info
->executable
9787 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9788 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9791 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9792 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9794 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9796 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9799 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9800 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9801 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9802 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9803 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9806 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9809 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9810 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9812 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9813 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9814 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9816 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9819 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9822 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9828 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9830 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9833 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9836 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9840 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9843 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9846 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9849 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9852 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9855 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9858 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9861 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9862 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9865 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9866 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9867 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9868 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9871 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9873 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9876 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9879 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9882 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9885 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9886 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9893 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9894 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9895 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9896 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9899 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9900 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9901 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9903 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9904 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9907 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9909 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9910 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9911 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9912 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9914 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9915 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9918 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9919 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9921 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9922 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9924 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9925 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9928 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9929 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9930 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9934 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9935 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9936 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9937 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9938 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9939 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9940 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9941 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9942 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9943 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9944 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9946 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9947 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9948 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9951 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9952 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9953 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9954 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9955 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9956 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9957 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9960 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9961 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9962 unsigned int r_type
;
9965 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9967 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9968 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9970 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9976 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9977 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9978 howto
, i
, contents
);
9983 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9986 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9987 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9988 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9989 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9990 asection
**local_sections
)
9992 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9993 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9995 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9996 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9998 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9999 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10000 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10004 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10005 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10006 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10008 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10009 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10011 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10013 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10014 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10015 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10017 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10018 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10020 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10021 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10023 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10024 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10025 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10027 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10032 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10035 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10036 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10037 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10038 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10039 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10040 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10043 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10044 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10045 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10048 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10050 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10051 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10052 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10056 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10058 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10059 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10060 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10061 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10062 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10063 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10064 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10066 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10068 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10069 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10072 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10074 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10075 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10076 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10077 RELA relocation. */
10078 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10081 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10082 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10084 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10085 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10086 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10089 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10090 contents
, &addend
))
10093 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10095 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10096 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10098 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10099 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10100 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10105 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10108 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10109 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10110 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10113 if (info
->relocatable
)
10115 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10116 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10117 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10119 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10121 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10122 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10123 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10124 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10125 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10126 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10127 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10129 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10131 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10132 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10133 source of the addend in the final link. */
10134 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10136 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10137 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10138 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10139 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10140 but for endianness. */
10146 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10148 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10155 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10156 do two separate stores. */
10157 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10159 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10161 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10162 high_bits
= addend
;
10167 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10169 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10170 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10171 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10172 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10176 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10177 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10182 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10186 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10187 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10188 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10190 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10191 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10192 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10193 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10195 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10197 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10198 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10199 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10200 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10201 local_sections
, &value
,
10202 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10203 use_saved_addend_p
))
10205 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10206 /* There's nothing to do. */
10209 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10210 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10211 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10212 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10213 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10216 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10217 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10218 info
->callbacks
->warning
10219 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10222 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10223 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10224 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10225 a given location. */
10229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10231 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10232 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10233 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10234 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10235 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10236 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10238 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10239 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10241 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10242 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10244 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10245 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10246 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
10254 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10255 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10257 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10258 info
->callbacks
->warning
10259 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10262 if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10264 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10265 info
->callbacks
->warning
10266 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10269 /* Fall through. */
10276 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10277 until we reach the last one. */
10278 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10284 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10285 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10286 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10287 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10288 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10289 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10290 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10291 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10297 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10299 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10306 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10307 do two separate stores. */
10308 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10310 /* Undo what we did above. */
10311 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10312 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10314 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10320 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10323 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10325 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10329 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10330 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10331 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10332 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10339 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10340 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10343 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10345 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10350 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10352 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10353 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10354 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10355 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10357 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10358 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10362 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10371 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10372 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10374 /* Work out the target address. */
10375 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10376 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10378 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10379 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10381 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10383 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10384 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10385 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10387 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10389 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10390 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10392 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10393 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10398 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10399 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10404 /* This is trampoline. */
10406 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10408 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10409 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10410 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10411 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10412 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10413 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10414 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10418 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10419 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10420 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10421 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10427 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10428 adjust it appropriately now. */
10431 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10432 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10434 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10435 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10436 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10439 "__dso_displacement",
10441 "__program_header_table",
10445 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10453 const char* const *p
;
10456 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10457 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10460 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10462 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10464 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10465 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10467 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10469 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10471 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10477 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10478 dynamic sections here. */
10481 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10482 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10483 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10484 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10488 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10491 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10492 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10494 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10495 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10496 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10497 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10499 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10501 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10502 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10503 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10505 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10507 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10508 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10512 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10514 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10515 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10516 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10517 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10518 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10520 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10521 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10522 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10523 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10525 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10526 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10527 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10528 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10530 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10531 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10533 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10534 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10535 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10536 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10538 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10540 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10541 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10542 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10544 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10545 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10547 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10549 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10551 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10552 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10554 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10555 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10557 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10559 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10560 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10562 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10563 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10564 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10567 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10569 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10570 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10574 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10575 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10580 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10581 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10583 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10585 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10586 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10588 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10590 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10591 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10593 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10594 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10596 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10598 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10599 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10600 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10601 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10602 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10603 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10604 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10606 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10608 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10610 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10611 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10612 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10613 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10614 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10615 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10616 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10617 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10621 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10622 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10623 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10625 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10627 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10628 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10629 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10631 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10632 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10634 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10635 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10636 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10638 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10639 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10640 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10644 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10645 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10646 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10647 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10648 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10649 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10650 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10654 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10655 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10656 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10657 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10659 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10660 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10661 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10662 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10663 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10664 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10665 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10673 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10675 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10676 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10677 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10678 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10679 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10680 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10681 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10684 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10685 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10686 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10688 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10690 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10692 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10694 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10696 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10697 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10699 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10702 /* Fill the stub. */
10706 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10711 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10712 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10718 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10721 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10723 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10725 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10726 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10732 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10738 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10742 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10743 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10744 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10745 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10746 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10748 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10749 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10750 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10753 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10754 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10765 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10774 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10775 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10776 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10779 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10787 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10788 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10791 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10792 only for the referenced symbol. */
10793 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10795 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10796 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10797 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10798 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10799 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10800 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10802 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10805 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10806 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10808 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10810 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10811 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10812 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10813 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10814 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10817 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10818 || h
->forced_local
);
10821 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10822 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10824 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10825 the symbols that need them. */
10826 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10831 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10832 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10833 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10836 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10838 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10844 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10847 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10849 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10852 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10855 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10856 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10858 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10860 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10861 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10863 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10864 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10865 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10866 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10867 appropriate addend. */
10868 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10870 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10871 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10872 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10874 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10875 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10878 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10879 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10880 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10884 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10885 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10890 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10891 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10892 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10893 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10894 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10895 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10896 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10898 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10899 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10902 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10904 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10905 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10906 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10908 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10910 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10911 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10913 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10914 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10916 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10918 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10920 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10921 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10922 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10923 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10925 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10927 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10928 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10929 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10930 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10934 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10940 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10941 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10943 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10944 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10945 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10946 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10947 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10948 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10951 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10952 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10953 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10955 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10956 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10957 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10959 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10960 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10962 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10964 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10965 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10971 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10974 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10975 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10976 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10977 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10981 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10982 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10983 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10985 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10986 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10987 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10988 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10990 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10993 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10994 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10995 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10996 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
10997 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10999 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11000 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11002 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11003 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11004 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11005 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11007 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11008 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11009 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11012 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11013 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11014 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11015 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11017 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11018 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11019 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11021 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11022 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11023 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11025 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11026 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11027 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11028 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11030 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11031 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11035 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11041 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11043 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11044 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11045 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11051 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11056 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11057 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11059 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11060 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11061 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11062 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11063 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11065 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11066 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11067 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11068 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11069 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11070 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11072 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11073 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11075 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11076 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11079 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11080 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11081 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11082 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11083 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11085 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11087 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11088 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11091 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11094 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11095 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11097 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11098 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11101 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11105 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11106 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11107 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11109 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11110 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11111 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11112 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11113 + sgot
->output_offset
11115 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11116 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11117 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11120 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11123 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11125 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11127 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11128 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11129 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11130 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11132 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11133 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11134 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11135 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11136 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11139 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11140 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11141 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11146 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11149 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11152 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11153 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11154 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11156 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11157 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11159 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11160 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11161 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11162 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11163 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11164 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11165 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11166 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11168 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11170 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11171 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11172 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11173 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11174 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11176 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11177 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11178 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11179 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11181 /* Install the PLT header. */
11182 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11183 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11185 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11186 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11189 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11191 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11192 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11193 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11195 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11196 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11198 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11199 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11201 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11202 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11203 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11204 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11207 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11208 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11209 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11210 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11211 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11213 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11217 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11218 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11219 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11220 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11221 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11222 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11223 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11224 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11241 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11242 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11245 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11247 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11249 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11250 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11253 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11254 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11256 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11258 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11259 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11260 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11261 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11263 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11264 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11266 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11267 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11269 /* Install the PLT header. */
11270 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11278 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11279 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11280 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11281 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11283 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11284 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11286 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11287 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11288 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11289 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11290 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11291 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11293 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11294 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11295 in which symbols were output. */
11296 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11298 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11300 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11301 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11303 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11306 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11308 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11310 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11311 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11312 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11313 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11317 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11320 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11323 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11325 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11326 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11328 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11329 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11331 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11334 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11337 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11338 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11343 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11344 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11346 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11347 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11349 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11351 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11354 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11356 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11359 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11361 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11362 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11364 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11365 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11367 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11368 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11369 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11371 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11375 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11377 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11378 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11380 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11386 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11390 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11391 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11395 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11397 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11402 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11405 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11407 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11410 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11411 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11414 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11415 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11418 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11422 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11426 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11428 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11431 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11433 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11436 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11437 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11438 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11439 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11442 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11443 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11446 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11447 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11448 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11449 referenced within the same object. */
11450 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11453 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11454 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11456 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11459 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11460 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11461 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11463 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11465 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11466 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
11469 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11471 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11474 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11475 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11478 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11480 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11481 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11484 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11485 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11488 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11489 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11490 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11494 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11495 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11496 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11497 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11501 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11502 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11504 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11508 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11509 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11510 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11512 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11516 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11517 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11521 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11522 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11523 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11527 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11528 the dynamic tag. */
11529 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11531 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11532 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11537 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11538 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11539 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11540 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11542 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11546 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11547 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11548 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11553 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11554 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11555 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11559 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11564 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11565 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11566 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11569 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11570 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11572 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11574 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11575 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11576 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11577 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11578 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11579 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11580 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11582 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11583 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11584 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11586 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11590 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11591 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11592 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11593 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11594 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11595 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11598 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11599 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11602 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11603 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11605 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11606 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11608 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11609 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11611 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11613 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11614 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11616 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11617 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11618 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11620 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11622 if (! info
->shared
)
11625 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11627 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11628 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11631 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11632 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11633 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11634 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11635 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11636 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11638 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11643 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11644 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11647 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11650 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11652 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11654 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11655 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11656 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11658 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11661 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11662 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11664 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11670 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11671 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11672 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11673 are trailing null entries. */
11674 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11675 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11676 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11677 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11678 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11679 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11680 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11681 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11686 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11691 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11698 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11700 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11702 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11703 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11707 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11709 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11710 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11713 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11714 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11717 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11718 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11720 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11722 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11723 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11724 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11725 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11730 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11731 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11732 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11733 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11734 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11736 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11738 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11740 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11742 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11743 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11744 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11745 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11747 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11748 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11749 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11754 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11756 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11759 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11761 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11765 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
11766 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11774 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11777 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11781 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11784 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11785 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11788 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11789 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11792 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11793 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11796 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11797 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11798 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11799 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11800 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11803 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11804 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11807 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11808 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11811 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11812 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11815 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11816 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11819 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11820 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11823 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11824 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11827 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11828 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11831 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11832 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11835 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11836 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11839 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11840 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11841 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11842 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11843 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11844 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11845 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11846 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11849 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11850 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11853 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11854 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11857 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11858 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11861 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11862 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11865 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11866 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11869 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11870 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11871 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11874 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11875 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11878 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11879 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11882 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11883 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11886 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11887 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11890 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11891 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11894 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11895 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11896 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11897 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11900 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11901 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11902 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11903 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11906 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
11907 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
11910 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
11911 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
11914 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11915 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11920 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
11921 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
11922 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
11923 relocs to be sorted. */
11926 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
11928 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
11932 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11933 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11934 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11937 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11938 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11941 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11945 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11946 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11947 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11948 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11949 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11951 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11952 info for each special section. */
11953 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11954 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11957 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11959 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11960 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11961 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11963 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11966 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11967 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11968 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11969 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11970 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11971 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11972 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11973 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11976 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11977 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11978 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11979 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11980 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11981 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11982 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11983 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11984 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11987 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11988 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11990 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11991 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11993 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11996 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11997 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11998 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11999 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12000 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12001 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12002 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12005 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12006 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12008 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12010 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12011 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12018 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12022 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12023 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12028 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12029 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12030 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12033 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12034 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12037 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12038 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12039 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12040 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12043 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12044 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12045 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12046 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12049 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12050 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12051 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12052 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12058 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12061 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12062 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12065 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12068 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12070 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12071 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12073 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12074 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12079 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12083 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12085 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12087 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12088 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12090 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12091 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12099 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12101 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12102 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12104 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12105 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12110 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12114 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12116 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12118 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12119 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12121 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12122 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12130 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12131 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12132 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12134 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12135 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12136 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12137 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12139 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12141 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12142 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12147 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12149 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12151 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12152 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12155 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12157 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12158 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12159 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12160 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12161 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12162 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12163 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12164 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12165 *pm
= options_segment
;
12171 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12173 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12174 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12175 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12176 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12177 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12179 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12180 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12185 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12189 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12191 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12196 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12201 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12204 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12205 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12206 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12216 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12217 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12219 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12221 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12224 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12225 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12226 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12227 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12228 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12229 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12230 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12231 PT_LOAD segment. */
12232 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12235 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12237 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12239 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12243 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12245 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12247 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12249 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12250 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12257 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12258 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12263 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12264 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12266 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12269 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12270 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12277 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12279 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12281 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12283 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12292 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12293 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12295 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12296 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12297 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12298 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12299 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12301 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12302 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12303 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12304 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12305 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12308 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12309 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12311 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12312 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12314 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12315 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12319 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12323 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12331 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12335 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12336 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12337 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12338 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12341 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12344 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12346 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12347 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12351 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12354 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12357 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12358 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12359 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12360 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12363 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12364 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12365 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12366 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12367 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12368 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12370 if (info
->relocatable
)
12373 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12374 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12375 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12377 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12378 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12379 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12381 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12382 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12384 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12385 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12386 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12387 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12388 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12389 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12390 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12391 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12392 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12393 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12394 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12395 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12396 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12397 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12398 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12399 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12400 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12401 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12402 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12403 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12414 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12417 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12418 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12422 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12424 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12428 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12431 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12433 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12434 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12436 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12444 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12445 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12446 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12447 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12450 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12456 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12458 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12459 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12460 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12461 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12462 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12463 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12465 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12468 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12469 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12470 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12471 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12472 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12473 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12475 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12476 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12478 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12480 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12481 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12483 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12485 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12486 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12488 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12490 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12491 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12493 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12494 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12495 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12496 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12497 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12498 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12501 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12504 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12505 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12508 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12509 unsigned char *tdata
;
12512 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12517 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12519 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12520 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12523 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12527 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12528 info
->keep_memory
);
12535 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12536 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12538 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12540 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12549 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12550 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12551 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12552 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12558 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12559 free (cookie
->rels
);
12565 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12567 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12573 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12574 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12575 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12577 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12580 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12583 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12587 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12588 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12590 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12592 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12595 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12598 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12599 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12603 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12604 from output by default for clarity. */
12607 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12609 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12612 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12613 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12615 struct mips_elf_find_line
12617 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12618 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12622 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12623 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12624 const char **filename_ptr
,
12625 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12626 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12627 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12631 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12632 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12633 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12634 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12635 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12636 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12639 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12640 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12644 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12647 flagword origflags
;
12648 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12649 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12650 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12652 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12653 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12654 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12655 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12656 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12657 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12659 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12662 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12665 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12666 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12668 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12671 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12675 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12677 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12681 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12682 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12683 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12684 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12686 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12689 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12690 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12691 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12692 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12693 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12694 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12695 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12697 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12699 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12700 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12701 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12702 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12703 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12704 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12707 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12708 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12711 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12715 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12718 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12720 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12721 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12722 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12726 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12727 const char **filename_ptr
,
12728 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12729 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12732 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12733 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12734 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12739 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12740 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12741 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12744 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12745 const void *location
,
12746 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12748 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12752 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12754 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12755 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12756 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12759 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12762 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12765 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12768 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12771 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12775 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12776 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12779 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12781 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12782 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12784 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12787 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12788 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12789 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12792 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12793 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12796 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12799 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12800 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12803 /* read in the section */
12804 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12805 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12808 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12812 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12815 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12820 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12823 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12824 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12825 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12826 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12827 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12831 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12832 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12839 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12840 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12841 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12844 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12845 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12847 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12849 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12850 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12852 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12854 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12863 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12865 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12866 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12868 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12869 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12870 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12872 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12873 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12874 to the generic handling. */
12876 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12877 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12878 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12879 input_section
, relocatable
,
12882 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12884 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12889 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12891 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12892 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12896 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12900 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12901 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12902 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12903 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12906 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12907 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12908 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12909 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12910 (*parent
)->address
)))
12913 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12914 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12916 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12917 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12918 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12921 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12930 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12931 free (reloc_vector
);
12935 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12936 free (reloc_vector
);
12941 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12942 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12944 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12945 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12946 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12947 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12948 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12949 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12950 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12951 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12952 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12953 unsigned int symcount
;
12955 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12956 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12958 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12959 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12961 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12962 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12963 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12964 sec
->size
-= count
;
12966 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12967 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12969 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12970 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12971 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12974 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12975 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12977 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12978 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12979 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12980 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12981 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12982 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12984 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12985 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12986 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12987 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12988 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12990 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12992 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12994 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12995 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12996 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12998 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13000 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13001 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13003 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13011 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13012 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13014 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13015 unsigned long match
;
13016 unsigned long mask
;
13019 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13023 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13025 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13026 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13028 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13030 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13031 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13034 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13036 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13037 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13038 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13039 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13042 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13043 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13045 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13046 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13048 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13049 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13051 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13052 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13054 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13055 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13057 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13058 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13061 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13063 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13064 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13065 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13067 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13069 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13070 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13071 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13072 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13075 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13076 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13077 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13078 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13081 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13082 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13083 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13084 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13087 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13088 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13089 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13090 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13093 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13095 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
13096 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
13097 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
13100 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13102 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13103 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13105 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13106 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13108 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13109 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13111 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13112 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13114 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13115 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13117 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13119 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13120 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13122 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13123 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13125 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13126 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13127 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13128 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13131 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13133 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13134 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13136 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13137 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13138 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13142 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13144 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13145 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13147 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13148 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13150 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13151 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13153 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13155 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13157 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13158 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13160 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13161 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13162 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13163 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13167 /* LUI instruction. */
13169 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13170 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13173 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13175 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13176 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13178 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13179 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13181 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13182 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13185 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13187 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13188 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13189 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13190 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13192 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13193 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13195 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13196 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13197 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13198 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13201 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13202 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13205 /* NOP instructions. */
13207 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13208 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13210 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13211 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13214 /* Instruction match support. */
13216 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13219 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13221 unsigned long indx
;
13223 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13224 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13231 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13233 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13234 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13235 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13236 the second half of another instruction. */
13239 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13241 unsigned long opcode
;
13244 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13245 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13246 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13248 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13249 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13250 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13253 /* No delay slot. */
13259 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13260 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13261 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13262 the second half of another instruction. */
13265 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13267 unsigned long opcode
;
13270 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13271 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13272 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13274 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13275 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13278 /* No delay slot. */
13284 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13285 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13288 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13290 unsigned long opcode
;
13292 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13293 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13295 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13297 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13298 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13299 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13301 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13307 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13308 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13311 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13313 unsigned long opcode
;
13315 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13316 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13318 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13319 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13320 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13322 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13323 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13324 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13325 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13326 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13327 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13328 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13329 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13335 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13336 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13337 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13340 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13341 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13342 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13344 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13345 unsigned long opcode
;
13347 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13348 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13351 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13352 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13353 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13359 /* Bitsize checking. */
13360 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13361 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13362 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13366 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13367 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13368 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13370 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13372 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13373 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13374 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13375 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13377 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13380 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13381 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13384 if (link_info
->relocatable
13385 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13386 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13387 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13390 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13392 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13393 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13394 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13395 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13396 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13399 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13400 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13401 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13403 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13404 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13405 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13406 unsigned long opcode
;
13412 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13413 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13417 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13419 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13420 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13421 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13424 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13425 if (contents
== NULL
)
13427 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13428 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13429 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13430 /* Go get them off disk. */
13431 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13434 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13436 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13437 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13439 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13440 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13441 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13442 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13444 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13448 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13449 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13451 /* A local symbol. */
13452 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13455 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13456 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13457 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13458 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13459 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13460 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13461 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13463 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13464 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13465 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13466 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13467 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13471 unsigned long indx
;
13472 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13474 /* An external symbol. */
13475 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13476 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13477 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13479 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13480 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13481 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13482 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13483 regular reloc processing. */
13486 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13487 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13488 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13489 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13490 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13494 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13495 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13496 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13497 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13498 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13499 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13500 the linker is run. */
13502 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13503 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13506 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13508 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13509 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13511 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13514 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13515 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13516 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13518 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13520 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13521 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13522 out the offset). */
13523 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13525 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13526 unsigned long nextopc
;
13530 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13532 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13533 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13534 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13537 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13538 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13539 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13540 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13543 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13544 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13545 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13546 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13549 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13550 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13551 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13552 it through if so. */
13553 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13554 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13555 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13556 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13557 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13558 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13560 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13562 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13565 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13567 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13568 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13569 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13570 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13571 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13572 switch (offset
- 4)
13577 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13581 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13588 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13590 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13592 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13595 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13596 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13597 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13599 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13600 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13602 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13603 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13605 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13606 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13607 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13608 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13609 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13610 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13613 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13614 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13615 the PC-relative distance. */
13616 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13617 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13618 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13619 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13620 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13622 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13623 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13625 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13626 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13627 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13629 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13630 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13633 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13637 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13638 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13640 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13645 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13646 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13647 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13648 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13649 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13650 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13651 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13652 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13654 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13655 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13656 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13657 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13659 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13663 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13665 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13666 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13667 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13668 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13670 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13672 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13673 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13677 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13678 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13680 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13681 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13682 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13684 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13685 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13687 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13690 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13693 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13698 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13699 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13701 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13702 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13703 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13704 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13705 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13706 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13710 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13712 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13713 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13715 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13717 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13718 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13719 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13722 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13727 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13729 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13730 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13731 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13732 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13734 unsigned long n32opc
;
13735 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13737 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13739 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13741 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13742 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13746 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13748 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13750 (move_insn_16
.match
13751 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13752 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13757 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13758 instructions will be handled here later. */
13762 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13763 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13764 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13766 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13774 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13775 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13776 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13777 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13779 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13780 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13781 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13784 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13785 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13790 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13791 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13793 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13797 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13798 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13802 if (contents
!= NULL
13803 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13805 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13809 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13810 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13814 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13815 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13816 free (internal_relocs
);
13821 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13822 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13824 if (contents
!= NULL
13825 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13827 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13828 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13829 free (internal_relocs
);
13834 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13836 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13837 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13839 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13840 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13842 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13846 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13847 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13848 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13854 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13855 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13857 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13860 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13862 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13863 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13865 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13867 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13870 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13872 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13873 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13874 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13879 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13880 and copy relocs. */
13883 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13885 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13888 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13889 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13892 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13894 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13897 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
13900 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
13902 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
13904 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
13905 return AFL_EXT_3900
;
13906 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
13907 return AFL_EXT_4010
;
13908 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
13909 return AFL_EXT_4100
;
13910 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
13911 return AFL_EXT_4111
;
13912 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
13913 return AFL_EXT_4120
;
13914 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
13915 return AFL_EXT_4650
;
13916 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
13917 return AFL_EXT_5400
;
13918 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
13919 return AFL_EXT_5500
;
13920 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
13921 return AFL_EXT_5900
;
13922 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
13923 return AFL_EXT_10000
;
13924 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
13925 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
13926 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
13927 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
13928 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
13929 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
13930 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
13931 return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
13932 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
13933 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
13934 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
13935 return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
13936 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
13937 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
13938 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
13939 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
13940 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
13941 return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
13946 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
13949 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
13951 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
13953 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
:
13954 abiflags
->isa_level
= 1;
13955 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13957 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
:
13958 abiflags
->isa_level
= 2;
13959 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13961 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
:
13962 abiflags
->isa_level
= 3;
13963 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13965 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
:
13966 abiflags
->isa_level
= 4;
13967 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13969 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
:
13970 abiflags
->isa_level
= 5;
13971 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13973 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
13974 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13975 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13977 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
13978 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13979 /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13980 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13981 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13983 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
13984 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13985 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
13987 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
13988 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13989 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13991 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
13992 /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13993 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13994 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13995 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13997 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
13998 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13999 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
14002 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14003 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14004 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14007 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14010 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14013 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14015 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14016 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14017 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14018 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14019 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14020 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14021 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14022 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14025 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14028 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14030 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14032 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14033 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14035 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14036 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14038 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14040 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14042 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14043 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14045 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14046 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14047 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14048 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14049 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14050 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14051 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14052 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14053 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14055 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14057 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14058 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14059 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14060 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14061 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14062 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14064 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14065 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14066 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14067 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14068 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14069 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14072 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14073 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14074 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14077 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14080 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14081 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14082 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14083 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14084 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14085 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14086 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14087 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14088 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14089 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14094 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14096 static const char * const secname
[] =
14098 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14099 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14101 static const int sc
[] =
14103 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14104 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14107 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14109 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14110 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14112 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14115 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14117 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14119 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14123 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14124 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14126 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14128 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14129 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14130 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14131 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14132 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14133 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14134 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14135 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14136 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14137 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14138 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14139 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14141 else if (info
->relocatable
)
14143 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14145 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14146 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14148 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14151 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14152 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14156 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14157 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14158 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14162 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14164 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14165 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14167 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14168 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14169 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14171 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14173 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14174 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14175 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14176 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14178 asection
*input_section
;
14180 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14182 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14187 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14189 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14190 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14191 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14194 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14195 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14197 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14198 matters, but someday it might). */
14199 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14204 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14206 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14208 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14209 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14210 the information together. */
14211 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14213 asection
*input_section
;
14215 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14218 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14220 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14225 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14226 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14228 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14229 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14232 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14234 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14235 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14236 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14237 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14238 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14240 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14241 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14242 finally written out. */
14244 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14245 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14246 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14249 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14250 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14252 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14253 matters, but someday it might). */
14254 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14259 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14261 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14264 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14265 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14266 the information together. */
14267 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14268 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14269 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14270 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14271 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14272 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14273 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14274 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14275 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14276 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14277 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14278 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14279 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14281 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14283 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14284 debug_info structure. */
14286 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14287 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14288 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14289 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14290 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14292 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14293 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14294 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14295 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14297 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14298 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14302 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14306 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14307 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14308 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14309 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14311 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14313 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14314 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14317 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14318 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14321 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14322 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14323 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14327 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14329 asection
*input_section
;
14331 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14332 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14336 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14338 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14343 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14344 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14346 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14348 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14349 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14350 want to deal with it. */
14354 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14355 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14357 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14359 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14360 read in the debugging information and set up an
14361 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14362 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14366 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14367 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14368 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14371 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14372 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14373 the linker global hash table and save the information
14374 for the output external symbols. */
14375 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14376 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14377 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14378 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14380 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14381 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14385 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14387 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14388 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14389 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14390 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14393 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14394 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14395 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14396 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14401 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14402 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14403 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14409 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14410 free (input_debug
.line
);
14411 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14412 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14413 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14414 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14415 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14416 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14417 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14418 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14419 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14420 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14422 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14423 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14424 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14427 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
14429 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14430 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14431 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14433 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14434 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14436 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14439 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14440 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14444 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14450 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14453 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14455 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14456 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14457 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14461 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14462 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14464 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14465 matters, but someday it might). */
14466 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14471 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14473 const char *subname
;
14476 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14479 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14480 information describing how the small data area would
14481 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14482 not used in executables files. */
14483 if (! info
->relocatable
)
14485 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14487 asection
*input_section
;
14489 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14491 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14496 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14498 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14499 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14500 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14503 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14504 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14505 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14507 /* Really remove the section. */
14508 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14509 --abfd
->section_count
;
14514 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14515 uninitialized data. */
14516 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14517 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14518 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14522 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14523 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14524 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14525 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14529 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14530 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14531 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14532 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14533 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14534 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14535 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14537 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14538 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14540 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14541 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14542 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14545 /* Set up the first entry. */
14547 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14548 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14551 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14552 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14554 /* Combine the input sections. */
14555 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14557 asection
*input_section
;
14559 bfd_size_type size
;
14560 unsigned long last
;
14561 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14563 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14565 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14570 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14571 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14573 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14574 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14575 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14576 size
= input_section
->size
;
14578 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14580 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14582 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14583 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14589 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14590 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14591 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14597 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14599 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14600 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14603 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14605 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14606 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14608 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14614 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14617 /* We need a new table entry. */
14618 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14619 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14620 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14626 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14627 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14629 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14630 value, since that will be implied by this new
14633 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14635 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14637 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14638 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14642 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14643 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14648 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14651 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14652 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14653 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14656 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14658 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14660 /* Swap out the table. */
14661 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14662 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14663 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14669 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14670 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14673 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14674 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14676 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14677 matters, but someday it might). */
14678 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14682 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14683 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14686 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14688 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14690 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14691 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14693 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14695 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14696 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14698 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14699 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14701 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14702 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14706 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14708 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14710 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14711 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14715 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14717 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14718 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14720 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14723 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14726 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14728 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14729 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14730 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14734 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14736 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14737 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14738 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14742 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14744 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14745 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14747 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14748 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14749 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14757 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14759 struct mips_mach_extension
14761 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14765 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14766 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14768 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14770 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14771 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14772 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14773 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14774 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14775 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14777 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14778 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14779 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14780 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14782 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14783 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14785 /* R10000 extensions. */
14786 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14787 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14788 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14790 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14791 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14792 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14793 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14794 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14795 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14796 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14798 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14799 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14800 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14801 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14802 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14803 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14805 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14806 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14807 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14809 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14810 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14811 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14812 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14813 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14814 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14815 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14816 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14817 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14818 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14819 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14821 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14822 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14824 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14825 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14826 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14828 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14829 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14830 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14834 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14837 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14841 if (extension
== base
)
14844 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14845 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14848 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14849 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14852 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14853 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14855 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14856 if (extension
== base
)
14864 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14865 there are conflicting attributes. */
14867 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14869 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14870 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14874 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
14875 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14876 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14877 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14879 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
14881 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14882 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
14884 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
14886 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14887 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14889 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14891 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
14896 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14897 non-conflicting ones. */
14898 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14899 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14903 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14904 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14905 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
14906 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14907 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
14908 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14909 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14910 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14911 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14913 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14914 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14916 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14917 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14918 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14919 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14920 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14921 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14922 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14924 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14925 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14927 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14928 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14929 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14930 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14932 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
14934 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
14935 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
14936 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
14937 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
14939 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14940 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14941 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
14942 else if (!out_string
)
14944 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14945 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14946 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
14947 else if (!in_string
)
14949 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14950 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14951 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
14954 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
14955 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
14956 really relevant to the error message. */
14957 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14958 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
14959 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14960 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
14962 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14963 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
14968 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
14969 non-conflicting ones. */
14970 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14972 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
14973 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14974 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
14975 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14976 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14978 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14980 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14981 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14982 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14983 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
14987 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14989 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14991 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14992 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14993 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14994 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
14999 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15000 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15001 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15002 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15003 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15009 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15010 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15015 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15016 object file when linking. */
15019 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15021 flagword old_flags
;
15022 flagword new_flags
;
15024 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15026 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15028 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15029 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15031 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15032 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15037 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15040 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15042 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15043 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15048 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15050 if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15052 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15053 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15054 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
=
15055 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15058 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
15061 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
15062 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
15063 actually cause any incompatibility. */
15064 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15066 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15067 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15068 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15069 not affect compatibility. */
15070 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15071 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15072 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15074 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15075 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15076 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15078 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15082 if (null_input_bfd
)
15085 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15086 if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15088 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
);
15089 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15093 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15094 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15095 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15096 in_abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15098 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15099 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15100 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15101 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15103 if (in_abiflags
.isa_level
!= abiflags
.isa_level
15104 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
!= abiflags
.isa_rev
15105 || in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15106 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15107 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15108 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15109 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15110 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15111 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15112 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and "
15113 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15114 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15115 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15116 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15117 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15118 if (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15119 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15120 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15121 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15122 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15124 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15125 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15126 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15129 if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15131 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15132 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15133 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15136 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15138 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15139 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15140 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15141 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15143 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15144 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15145 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15146 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15148 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15149 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15152 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15153 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15159 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15160 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15161 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15163 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15164 /* Merge abiflags. */
15165 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
15166 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15167 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15168 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
15169 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15170 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15171 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
15172 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15173 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15174 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
15175 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15176 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15178 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.ases
15179 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.ases
;
15180 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
15181 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
;
15183 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15184 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15185 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15187 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15189 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15190 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15192 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15193 doesn't seem to matter. */
15194 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15195 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15197 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15198 just be able to ignore this. */
15199 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15200 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15202 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15203 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15204 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15206 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15211 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15212 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15214 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15215 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15220 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15221 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15222 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15223 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15225 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15226 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15228 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15229 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15231 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15232 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15236 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15238 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15239 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15241 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15242 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15243 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15244 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15245 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15246 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15247 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15249 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15250 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15252 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15253 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15254 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15255 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15256 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15257 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15261 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15262 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15263 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15265 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15266 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15271 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15272 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15274 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15275 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15276 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15277 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15278 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15280 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15281 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15282 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15283 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15285 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15286 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15288 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15289 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15292 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15293 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15296 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15297 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15298 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15300 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15301 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15302 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15303 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15304 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15305 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15307 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15309 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15310 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15312 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15313 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15317 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15319 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15320 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15323 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15324 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15326 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15328 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15329 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15330 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15331 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15333 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15334 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15337 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15338 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15340 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15342 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15343 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15344 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15345 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15347 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15348 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15351 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15352 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15354 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15355 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
15356 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15357 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15363 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15370 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15373 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15375 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15376 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15378 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15379 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15384 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15388 default: return "";
15389 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15390 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15391 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15392 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15393 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15394 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15395 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15396 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15397 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15398 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15399 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15400 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15402 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15403 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15404 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15405 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15406 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15407 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15408 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15409 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15410 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15411 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15412 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15413 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15414 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15415 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15416 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15417 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15418 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15419 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15420 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15421 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15422 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15423 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15424 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15425 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15426 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15427 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15428 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15429 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15430 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15431 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15432 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15433 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15434 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15435 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15436 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15437 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15438 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15439 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15440 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15441 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15442 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15443 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15444 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15445 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15446 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15447 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15448 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15449 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15450 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15451 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15452 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15453 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15454 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15455 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15456 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15457 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15458 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15459 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15460 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15461 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15462 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15463 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15464 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15465 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15466 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15467 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15468 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15469 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15470 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15471 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15472 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15473 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15474 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15475 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15476 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15477 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15478 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15482 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15486 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15490 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15492 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15493 return "-mdouble-float";
15495 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15496 return "-msingle-float";
15498 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15499 return "-msoft-float";
15501 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15502 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15504 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15507 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15508 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15510 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15511 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15519 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15521 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15522 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15523 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15524 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15525 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15526 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15527 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15528 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15529 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15530 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15531 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15532 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15533 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15534 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15535 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15536 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15537 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15538 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15539 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15540 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15541 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15542 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15543 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15544 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15545 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15546 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15548 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15549 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15550 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15554 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15559 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15562 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15564 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15565 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15567 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15568 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15570 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15571 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15573 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15574 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15576 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15577 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15580 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15583 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15586 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15589 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15592 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15594 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15595 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15598 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15601 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15604 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15607 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15610 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15612 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15613 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15615 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15616 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15619 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15625 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15629 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15630 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15632 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15633 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15635 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15636 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15638 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15639 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15641 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15642 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15644 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15645 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15647 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15648 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15650 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15651 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15654 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15660 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15662 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15663 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15664 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15665 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15670 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15674 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15676 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15677 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15679 /* xgettext:c-format */
15680 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15682 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15683 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15684 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15685 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15686 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15687 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15688 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15689 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15690 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15691 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15692 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15693 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15694 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15695 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15697 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15699 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15700 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15701 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15702 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15703 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15704 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15705 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15706 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15707 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15708 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15709 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15710 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15711 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15712 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15713 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15714 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15715 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15716 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15717 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15718 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15719 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15720 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15722 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15724 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15725 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15727 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15728 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15730 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15731 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15733 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15734 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15736 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15737 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15739 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15740 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15742 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15744 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15745 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15747 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15748 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15750 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15751 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15753 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15754 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15756 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15757 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15759 fputc ('\n', file
);
15761 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15763 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15764 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15765 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15766 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15767 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15768 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15769 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15770 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15771 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15772 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15773 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15774 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15775 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15776 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15777 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15778 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15779 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15780 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15781 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15782 fputc ('\n', file
);
15788 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15790 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15791 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15792 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15793 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15794 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15795 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15796 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15799 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15800 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15801 definiton of the symbol. */
15803 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15804 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15805 bfd_boolean definition
,
15806 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15808 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15810 unsigned char other
;
15812 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15813 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15814 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15818 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15819 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15822 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15823 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15825 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15827 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15831 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15833 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15834 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15835 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15838 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15839 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15842 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15843 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15846 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15847 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15850 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15851 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15852 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15853 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15854 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15855 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15856 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15857 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15860 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15861 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15862 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15863 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15866 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15867 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15868 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15869 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15871 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15872 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15873 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15874 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15875 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15876 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15877 unsigned int other
;
15878 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15897 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15900 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15901 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15904 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15905 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15908 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15912 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15913 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15915 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15917 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15918 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15919 PLT slots per relocation. */
15920 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15921 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15922 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15923 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15924 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15925 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15926 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15928 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15929 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15931 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15934 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15937 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15940 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15942 names
= (char *) send
;
15943 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15946 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15947 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15951 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15952 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15954 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15958 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15959 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15963 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15968 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
15972 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15973 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
15974 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
15978 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
15979 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
15980 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
15982 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
15983 const char *suffix
;
15988 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
15990 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15991 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
15995 /* Truncated table??? */
15996 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
15998 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
15999 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16000 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16001 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16002 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16004 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16005 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16009 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16010 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16011 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16013 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16014 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16015 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16016 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16017 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16018 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16020 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16021 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16023 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16024 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16025 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16026 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16027 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16028 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16029 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16030 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16031 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16033 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16036 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16037 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16038 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16039 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16040 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16041 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16042 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16043 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16046 /* Truncated table??? */
16047 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16051 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16052 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16059 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16060 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16061 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16062 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16063 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16064 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16066 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16068 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16070 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16071 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16072 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16075 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16077 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16078 names
+= suffixlen
;
16081 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16091 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16093 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16094 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16096 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16099 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16100 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16102 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16103 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16106 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16108 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16109 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16110 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;